Huawei Cover Y600 U20 User Guide 01 Arabic

User Manual: Huawei

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 54

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

‫‪Y600‬‬

‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪1 ..... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ‪1 ........... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪2 ........................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻭﻧﻲ ‪2 ................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ‪5 ...................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﻠﻣﺳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻙ ‪5 ............. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪5 ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺻﺎﺋﺢ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪6 ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ‪6 .................. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ ‪7 ........................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ‪8...... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ‪9 .............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ‪11 .............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ ‪11 .. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪13 ................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‪13 ............... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﺿﻬﺎ ‪14 ............................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ‪14 ..................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺳﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ‪15 ... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺋﺭﺓ‪15 ..... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪16 ............ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪16 .. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪16 ................. ................................ ................................ SIM‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪16 ........ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ‪16 .................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪17 .... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪17 ........ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺫﻑ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪17 ......... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ ‪17 .......... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪18 .... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺳﻼﺕ ‪19 ............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺻﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ‪19 .............................. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ‪19 ..................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ‪19 ...... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ‪20 ...................... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪i‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪20 ............ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺳﺦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺻﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ ‪20 ................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪20 ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ‪21 ...... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪21 .............................. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ‪21 .................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪21 .............................. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ‪21 ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪22 ..................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ‪22 ........................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺫﻑ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪22 ............................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ‪22 ............ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪23 ................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ‪23 ............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪23 ...................... ................................ ................................ ................................Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ‪24 ............................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ‪25 ..................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ ‪26 ............... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ‪26 ............ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻭﻳﺏ ‪26 ........... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ‪27 .... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ ‪27 . ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ‪27 ........................... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻓﻳﻪ ‪28 .................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ‪28 ........................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﺽ ‪29 .......... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ‪30 ....... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ‪32 .. ................................ ................................ ................................ FM‬‬

‫ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ‪33 ..... ................................ ................................ ................................ Google‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪33 .... ................................ ................................ ................................Google‬‬
‫‪34 ..................... ................................ ................................ ................................Gmail‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ‪35 .................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪36 ................ ................................ ................................ ................................ YouTube‬‬
‫‪36 ............... ................................ ................................ ................................Play Store‬‬

‫ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ‪38 ..... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺗﻙ ‪38 ............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪ii‬‬

‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪39 . ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ‪41 .............................. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ ‪41 ...................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪42 ............... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ‪42 ...................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳﺑﺔ ‪43 ............... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ‪43 ....................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ‪44 .... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ‪44 ...... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪44 ............... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺷﻐﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ‪45 ...... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ‪46 ...... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ‪46 ............................. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ‪47 ....... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ‪48 ............ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ‪49 . ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ‪49 .... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪iii‬‬

‫‪0B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪13B‬‬

‫ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺑﺣﺫﺭ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻛﺳﺭ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻘﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﺿﻐﻁﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﻭﻳﺳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﺭﻁﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻧﻘﻊ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺳﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺣﻅﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﺷﻭﻳ ًﺷﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺧﻁﺭً ﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻔﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺅﺳﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺋﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺗﺷﻭﻳ ًﺷﺎ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺋﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻙ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻳُﺳﻣﺢ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻸﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻫﻠﻳﻥ ﺑﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻲ ﻗﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﻣﺣﻭ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻼﺷﺗﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺛﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﻔﻅ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻌﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻸﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﻭﺍﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺧﻁﺭ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﺭﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻭﺍﻧﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺗﺭﻡ ﺧﺻﻭﺻﻳﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺭﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻭﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪ .USB‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺿﺭﺭ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪14B‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻶﺧﺭﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﺫﻟﻙ ﻳُﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺗﺧﺎﺫ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺗﺩﺍﺑﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺗﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﺡ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻭﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﻟﻔﺗﺣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺎ ً ﺑﺈﺟﺭﺍء ﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM/USIM‬ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﻗﻠﻘﺎ ً ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺭﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻏﺭﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻟﺗﺻﻔﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺷﻛﻝ ﺧﻁﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﻥ ﻟﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻳﺗﻌﻳﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻛﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﺡ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺣﺹ ﺑﺎﻧﺗﻅﺎﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺭﻭﺳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻓﺣﺹ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺭﻭﺳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ‪ Huawei‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺷﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﺧﻳﺻﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪ .‬ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺋﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺗﻬﻡ ﻭﺧﺩﻣﺎﺗﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﻣﺧﺎﻭﻑ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.mobile@huawei.com‬‬

‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫‪15B‬‬

‫ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﺭ ﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ .© Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015‬ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺟﻭﺯ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻭﺑﺄﻱ ﻭﺳﻳﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪Huawei‬‬
‫‪ .Technologies Co., Ltd‬ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ )"‪.("Huawei‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺧﺻﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺟﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺷﺗﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﺣﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﺭ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Huawei‬ﻭﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻙ ﺷﻔﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻼء ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻛ ٍﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻛﺎﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﻛﻳﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﻼﺻﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻫﻧﺩﺳﺗﻪ ﻋﻛﺳﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﺟﻳﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺭﺧﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﻁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻛﻥ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻣﻭﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﺻﺣﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﺎﺭﻳﺢ‬
‫‪،‬‬

‫‪،‬ﻭ‬

‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﺩﺭﻭﻳﺩ ™ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﻏﻭﻏﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ®‪ Bluetooth‬ﻭﺍﻟﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻣﻣﻠﻭﻛﺔ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،Bluetooth SIG‬ﻭﺃﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd‬ﻫﻭ ﺑﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺧﻳﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭﺓ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻠﻛﺎ ﻷﺻﺣﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻭﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﺷﻁﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﻳﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻗِﺑﻝ ﻣﺷﻐﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻭﻓﺭﻱ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺗﻣﺎﻣًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﺷﺗﺭﻳﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺗﻔﻅ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Huawei‬ﺑﺣﻕ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺑﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺷﺄﻥ ﺑﺭﻣﺟﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻣﺗﻠﻙ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Huawei‬ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻛﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﺭﻣﺟﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﻠﻳﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Huawei‬ﻟﻥ ﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻷﻱ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻥ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Huawei‬ﺑﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻼء ﺍﻟﺫﻳﻥ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭﻥ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﻣﺳﺅﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺗﺯﻣﺔ ﻗﺎﻧﻭﻧﻳﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻧﺗﻬﻲ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Huawei‬ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻭﻓﺭ ﻣﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺳﻳﻁﺭﺓ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ .Huawei‬ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﺩ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻣﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Huawei‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﺍﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺧﺩﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺗﻬﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Huawei‬ﻣﺳﺅﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻗﺎﻧﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻭﺩﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻭﺍﻧﺏ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻭﺹ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‪...‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ‬
‫ﻷﻱ ﻭﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺗﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻧﺟﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ™ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﺩﺭﻭﻳﺩ ﻣﻔﺗﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﺟﺭﺕ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Huawei‬ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺩﻋﻣﻬﺎ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺃﻧﺩﺭﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﻁﺎﺑ ًﻘﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Huawei‬ﺃﻱ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺧﺹ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻭ ُﺗﺳﺗﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻣﺛﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺑﻛﻝ‬
‫ﺻﺭﺍﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺎﺯﻝ‬
‫ُﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ "ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ"‪ .‬ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻋﺩﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺗﺿﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻣﻭﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺿﻣﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻧﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺻﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺃﻡ ﺿﻣﻧﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻭﺛﻭﻗﻳﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺷﻣﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﺑﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻟﻠﺗﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻣﺗﻪ ﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ HUAWEI‬ﺑﺄﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﺩ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺿﺭﺍﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺧﺳﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺋﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ُﺗﺣَ ﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺅﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻭﻯ )ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻧﻁﺑﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺅﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺣﻅﺭ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻣﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ( ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ HUAWEI‬ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺿﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺟﻣﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺑﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻓﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء‬
‫ﻧﻅﻳﺭ ﺷﺭﺍء ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﺩﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء ﺍﻹﻣﺗﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﻭﻗﻭﺍﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺩﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻣﻭﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻌﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﺧﻳﺹ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﺎﺭﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺣﻛﻭﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺗﺻﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺻﺩﻳﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻫﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﻭﺻﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻳﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﻭﺻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺗﻧﺎ ﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.http://consumer.huawei.com/privacy-policy‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫‪1B‬‬

‫ُﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻛﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻳﻙ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺗﻠﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻫﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻹﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﻠﻣﺳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻙ‬
‫‪16B‬‬

‫‪17B‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ً‬
‫ﻧﺷﻁﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻧﺷﻁﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﺅﺧﺭً ﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭً ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺷﺣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺷﺣﻥ ﻟﺑﺿﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻘﻝ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﻥ ﺗﺣﺗﻔﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﻣﺛﻠﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺗﺣﺗﻔﻅ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﻋﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻗﺻﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﺎﺩ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻠﺣﻭﻅ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﺧﺭﻯ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻔﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻬﻼﻙ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻘﻠﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺔ ﻭﻋﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺑﺗﻧﺑﻳﻬﻙ ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻭﺷﻙ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻔﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫‪18B‬‬

‫ﻧﺻﺎﺋﺢ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻙ ﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻗﻪ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻣﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻝ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﺟﻌﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻣﺭﺋﻳًﺎ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺷﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﻔﺽ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﻬﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪19B‬‬

‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫‪8B‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ(‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳُﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﻧﻙ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻙ ﻭﺿﺑﻁ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ )‪ (PIN‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫‪89B‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺗﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﺧﺎﺫ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﺋﻳﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫‪90B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ( ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﻬﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻳﻕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﻬﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﻬﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ‬
‫‪91B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ < ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﻬﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ‬
‫‪92B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ( ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫‪20B‬‬

‫‪93B‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺈﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺈﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻩ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺳﺗﺟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ‪ :‬ﺣﺭﻙ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﺳﻳًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻓﻘﻳًﺎ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺳﺣﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﺑﺈﺻﺑﻌﻙ‪ .‬ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻷﻱ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺃﻳﻘﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪94B‬‬

‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻅﺭ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺑﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫< ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ < ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪7‬‬

‫‪21B‬‬

‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪95B‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ( ﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺯﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪96B‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻣﻭﻝ ﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ( ﻟﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺃﻳﻘﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﻁﺎﻟﺑﺗﻙ ﺑﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪2B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺳﻳﻊ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺣﻳﻧﺋ ٍﺫ ﺳﺣﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪97B‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺭﻣﺯ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻳﻘﻭﻧﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺋﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﻼﻡ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪GPS‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻣﺷﻐﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﺎﻣﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻣﺗﻠﺋﺔ‬

‫ﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺗﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ‪Gmail‬‬

‫ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺳﻠﻳﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺻﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺻﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ‬

‫ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ‬

‫ﺟﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ‬
‫ٍ‬

‫ﺗﻘﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‬

‫ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ‬

‫ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺷﺧﺻﻲ‬
‫‪9‬‬

‫‪98B‬‬

‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻌﻠﻣﻙ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺣﺩﺙ ﻗﺎﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺑﺈﺑﻼﻏﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻧﺑﻳﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﻐﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺫﻛﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺣﺩﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻳﻘﻭﻧﺔ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﻋﻼﻣًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻣﺭﺭ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻏﻼﻗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪9B‬‬

‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺭﺭ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﻟﻠﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪10B‬‬

‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻧﺻﺭً ﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻬﺗﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﻭﺣﺭﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺭﺭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻧﺻﺭً ﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺯﺍ ﻟﻺﺯﺍﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺗﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪10B‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‬

‫ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻧﺎﻅﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‬
‫‪102B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻛﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﺽ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺻﻭﺭ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺣﺎﺋﻁ‬

‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ‬
‫‪23B‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫‪24B‬‬

‫ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺷﺭﻳﺣﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻟﺣﻳﺎﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪11‬‬

‫‪103B‬‬

‫ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM/USIM‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺗﻲ ‪ SIM/USIM‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﻫﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻼﻫﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ ،SIM/USIM‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻁﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،SIM‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM/USIM‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM/USIM‬ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‬
‫‪104B‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM/USIM‬ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻳﻧﺋ ٍﺫ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﻧﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪. SIM‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺗﺣﺕ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺳﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ SIM/USIM‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭ‪ SD‬ﻛﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ‪ USB‬ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫‪105B‬‬

‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭ‪ SD‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭ‪ SD‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ‪ USB‬ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﻛﺗﺷﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭ‪ SD‬ﻛﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻺﺯﺍﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺳﻣﺔ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻔﺗﺢ ﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺃﻧﻙ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭ‪ SD‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭ‪ SD‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ‪ USB‬ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ‪ USB‬ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ )ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ( ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻧﺗﻬﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪12‬‬

‫‪2B‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬

‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺭﻗﻣًﺎ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻭﻳﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‬
‫‪25B‬‬

‫ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﺟﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻓﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺗﻙ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‬
‫‪106B‬‬

‫ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻠﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫‪107B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪108B‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺳﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺟﻝ ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪13‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫‪26B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﻭﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫‪109B‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺗﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﺳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺣﺏ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺣﺏ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻟﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪10B‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‬
‫‪27B‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺟﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪1B‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻠﻘﻳﺕ ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﻧﺕ ﺗﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ُ .‬ﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﺎﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺟﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﻳﻥ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻣﺷﻐﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻟﺗﺳﺄﻝ ﻋﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻛﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻛﻡ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻟﺑﺩء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺟﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻠﺏ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﺗﻭﺣً ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻭﺗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺷﺧﺻًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﺟﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬

‫‪14‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪12B‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺇﺟﺭﺍﺋﻙ ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻠﻘﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺣﺩﺛﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺗﺻﻼً ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺳﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪28B‬‬

‫ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺳﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻠﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺗﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺳﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻹﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﺟﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫‪13B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺋﺭﺓ‬
‫‪29B‬‬

‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺋﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺋﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪3B‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻧﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ ﻭﻋﻧﺎﻭﻳﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪30B‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻛﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺃﺑﺟﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪SIM‬‬
‫‪31B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ‪ /‬ﺗﺻﺩﻳﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻧﺳﺦ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻧﺳﺦ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩ ﻳﺩ‪ < ۰‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻝ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫‪32B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﻠﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺛﻡ ﺃﺿﻑ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻧﺗﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻡ ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ‬
‫‪3B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺗﺗﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫‪34B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﺗﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪35B‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ‪.‬‬
‫<ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻓﺋﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‪،‬ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺑ ًﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺫﻑ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫‪36B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺣﺫﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻙ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ Google‬ﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫‪14B‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ .Google‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫‪37B‬‬

‫‪15B‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺣﺳﺎﺑًﺎ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﻭﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ .‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻧﺗﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻡ ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫‪16B‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪17‬‬

‫< ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫‪38B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪18‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺳﻼﺕ‬
‫‪4B‬‬

‫ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺳﻼﺕ ﺑﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻳﺔ )‪ (SMS‬ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ )‪ (MMS‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺧﺹ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ‪ SMS‬ﺃﻭ ‪.MMS‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺻﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫‪39B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻛﺗﺏ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺻﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺗﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺳﺗﻌ ًﺩﺍ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫‪40B‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺟ ًﺩﺍ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﻣﻠﻑ ﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻐﻧﺎء‬
‫ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ "‪ "Happy Birthday‬ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺩﻳﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺳﻝ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺩﺙ ﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻛﺗﺏ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺻﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺗﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻭﺿﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﺯﺓ ﻟﻺﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻠﻑ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ )ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ( ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‪،‬‬
‫< ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺳﻼﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻣﻠﻑ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫‪41B‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻠﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺑﺭﺳﺎﻟﺗﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻡ ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﺯﺓ ﻟﻺﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪19‬‬

‫‪42B‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺗﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪43B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺗﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺻﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻔﺗﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺗﻙ‪ .‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪4B‬‬

‫ﻧﺳﺦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺻﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺻﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺗﺣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻧﺳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ ﻟﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻛﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪45B‬‬

‫ﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪5B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺿﻊ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻙ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﻊ !‪ Yahoo‬ﺃﻭ ‪ AOL‬ﺃﻭ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫‪46B‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺩﻋﻳﻡ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺭﺍﻩ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﺑﺭﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳًﺎ ﻣﻧﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪47B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻣﺗﻠﻙ ﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫‪48B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪49B‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺣﻔﻅ ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪21‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫‪50B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻠﻣﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻣﻭﺿﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫< ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﻠﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻧﺗﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ً‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺯﺍ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻛﻥ‬

‫< ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻣﺳﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫‪51B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫< ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺫﻑ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫‪52B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫< ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪53B‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺇﺧﻁﺎﺭﻙ ﺑﺑﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻭﺍﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻭﺗﻠﻘﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺣﺳﺎﺑﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻙ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻣﻭﻓﺭ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫< ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺳﻣﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪22‬‬

‫‪6B‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫‪54B‬‬

‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ‪ 2G/3G‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﺷﻐﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ( ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
‫‪17B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ… < ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﺷﻐﻠﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺩ ﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻘﺭﺃ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪) SIM‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺩﺕ(‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﺏ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ؛ ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭً ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪18B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ… < ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪5B‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺷﺄﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟّﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪19B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬

‫‪23‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ‬
‫‪120B‬‬

‫<‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ‪ .Wi-Fi‬ﻳﺑﺣﺙ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺣﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻭﻳﻌﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣﻔﺗﻭﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ (WEP) Wired Equivalent Privacy‬ﻭﺗﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻣﺣﻣﻳﺔ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻥ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﻁﺎﻟﺑﺗﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪56B‬‬

‫ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪ :USB‬ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺭﺑﻁ ‪ .USB‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪12B‬‬

‫ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺭﺑﻁ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﺗﺄﺳﻳﺱ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ microSD‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪.‬‬
‫<‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ… < ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﻭﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻳﻳﺩ ‪ BUS‬ﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪.USB‬‬

‫ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻛﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫‪12B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ… < ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﻭﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻟﻣﺱ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ‪ < Wi-Fi‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ‬
‫‪ SSID‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪24‬‬

‫‪57B‬‬

‫ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﺩﻗﺎﺋﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻁﻠﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﺗﺫﻛﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺑﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻣﺗﺎﺭ )‪ 33‬ﻗﺩﻣًﺎ( ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺋﻕ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺋﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‬
‫‪123B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻳﻘﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻟﻛﻲ ﺗﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻣﺭﺋﻳًﺎ ﻷﺟﻬﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪124B‬‬

‫ﺍﻗﺗﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻗﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫< ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ .‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺑﺣﺙ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺣﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍ ﻭﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺷﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻧﺎ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪125B‬‬

‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺩﻗﺎء‪ .‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ .SD‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻘﺗﺭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‬
‫‪126B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫< ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺭﺍﻥ ﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪7B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬

‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﺯﻭ ًﺩﺍ ﺑﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ ﺇﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪58B‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺿﻳﻠﻲ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻓﺗﺢ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻏﻼﻕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﻟﻠﻘﺭ ﺍءﺓ ﺑﻼ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭ‪ Gmail‬ﻭﻏﻳﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺣﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻹﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻭﻳﺏ ﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﺟﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻭﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪59B‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺣﻘﻝ ‪ URL‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺭﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻣﺳﻪ ﻭﺍﺫﻫﺏ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪26‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪60B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫< ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ < ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ‬
‫‪61B‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ‬
‫‪127B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻛﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺭﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ‬
‫‪128B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﺟﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺳﺟﻝ ً ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪62B‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻓﺗﺣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺧﺻﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﺟﺎﺗﻙ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪27‬‬

‫‪8B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻭﻧﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﺳﺎﻋ ًﺩﺍ ﺧﺎﺻًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻋﺩ ًﺩﺍ ﻭﻓﻳﺭً ﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻓﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭ‬

‫ﻭﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫‪63B‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺯﻳﺟً ﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪129B‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪130B‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫<‬

‫ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺿﻊ ﺇﻁﺎﺭً ﺍ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻻﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺣﻅﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪28‬‬

‫‪13B‬‬

‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ ﻟﻌﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﺩﻭﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺻﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫‪132B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺿﻊ ﺇﻁﺎﺭً ﺍ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻟﺑﺩء ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪13B‬‬

‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ ﻟﻌﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻟﻠﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫‪64B‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ .microSD‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻔﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫‪134B‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺻﻧﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻭﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﺟﻠ ًﺩﺍ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪29‬‬

‫‪135B‬‬

‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻌﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻝء ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻧﻔﺳﻬﺎ ﺣﺳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫‪136B‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪137B‬‬

‫ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫< ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺹ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺻﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﻟﻧﻘﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫< ﺗﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻟﺗﺟﺎﻫﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺣﻔﻅ ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺻﻭﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ‬
‫‪65B‬‬

‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ‬
‫‪138B‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺑﺣﺙ ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭ‪ SD‬ﻭﺗﻌﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﺎﻧﻭﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪139B‬‬

‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪30‬‬

‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬

‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪140B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻠ ًﻔﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺭﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺣﻔﻅ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪14B‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻠﻑ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪142B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻗﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪31‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ‪FM‬‬
‫‪6B‬‬

‫ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ‪ FM‬ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ‪ FM‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ‪ FM‬ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻹﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻔﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ‪FM‬‬
‫‪143B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬
‫< ﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺑﺣﺙ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻧﻭﺍﺕ ‪ FM‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻔﺗﺢ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ‪ ،FM‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻳﺷ ﱢﻐﻝ ﻗﻧﺎﺓ ‪ FM‬ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻭﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ‪FM‬‬
‫‪14B‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ‪ ،FM‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﻟﻣﻭﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻧﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻧﺎﺓ ‪ FM‬ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻗﻧﻭﺍﺕ ‪.FM‬‬

‫‪32‬‬

‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪Google‬‬
‫‪9B‬‬

‫ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Google‬ﻭﺧﺩﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﻳﺯﺍﺗﻪ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‪ .‬ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻧﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ‪ Google‬ﻣﺛﻝ ‪ Google‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Gmail‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺗﺟﺭ ‪ Play‬ﻭﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻁﺎﻟﺑﺗﻙ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪.Google‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺷﻁﺔ )‪ (3G/GPRS‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪.Google‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ Google‬ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪Google‬‬
‫‪67B‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ ،Google‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ < ‪.Google‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ ،Google‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ‪ .‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﺧﺎﺩﻡ ‪Google‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﻁﺎﻟﺑﺗﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ Google‬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩﻩ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺳﺅﺍﻝ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﺛﻡ ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺑﺈﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ Google‬ﻭﺇﻧﺷﺎﺋﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪33‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪Gmail‬‬
‫‪68B‬‬

‫ﻳُﻌﺩ ‪ Gmail‬ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ‪ .Google‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪ Gmail‬ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺑﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﺢ ‪Gmail‬‬
‫‪145B‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ .‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺫﻫﺏ ﺃﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺗﻘﺭﺭ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ‬

‫<‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫‪146B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻗﺭﺍءﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫‪147B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﻣﺳﺗﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﺳﻝ ﺑﺭﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳًﺎ ﻟﻌﺩﺓ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﻳﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻓﺻﻝ ﻋﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺑﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺭﻏﺑﺗﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺳﺧﺔ )ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻛﺭﺑﻭﻧﻳﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻣﺧﻔﻳﺔ )ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻛﺭﺑﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺧﻔﻳﺔ( ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺭﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺳﺧﺔ‪/‬ﻣﺧﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻣﻭﺿﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪/‬ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﻠﻑ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﻬﺎ‬
‫‪148B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ .3‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﻣﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺗﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺃﺿﻑ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺹ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺿﻣﻳﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻟﻺﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻟﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻛﻣﺳﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪34‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫‪149B‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪150B‬‬

‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪Gmail‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ Gmail‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬
‫‪69B‬‬

‫ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ )ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻙ( ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﻻﺗﺟﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬
‫ﻟﻣﻭﻗﻌﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪15B‬‬

‫ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺗﺢ ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻹﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺗﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫<‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻭﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻟﻧﻅﻠﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪.GPS‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬
‫‪152B‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫<‬

‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﻣﺣﻝ ﺍﻻﻫﺗﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫‪153B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫‪154B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺭﺽ ﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻲ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ…‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ…‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ…‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻫﺎﺗﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﺭﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻳﻁﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪YouTube‬‬
‫‪70B‬‬

‫‪ YouTube‬ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺗﺩﻓﻕ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻣﺟﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ Google‬ﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺣﻣﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﺢ ‪YouTube‬‬
‫‪15B‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫‪156B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،YouTube‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺑﺣﺙ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻭﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺗﺭﻯ ﻋﺩ ًﺩﺍ ﻣﻥ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Play Store‬‬
‫‪71B‬‬

‫ﻳﻭﻓﺭ ﺳﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻧﺩﺭﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﻕ‬
‫‪157B‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪158B‬‬

‫ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻁﺭﻕ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻹﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺗﺟﺭ ‪ Play‬ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺎﺕ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻳﺫﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻗﺑﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‬

‫‪36‬‬

‫ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ‬
‫‪159B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﺟﺭ ‪ ،Play‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻘﻳﻳﻡ ﺍﻹﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﺑﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺟﺎﻧﻳًﺎ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺭ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛﻥ ﻣﺟﺎﻧﻳﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺛﻭﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻭﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻳﻘﻭﻧﺔ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻟﻳﺱ ﻣﻭﺟﻭ ًﺩﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫< ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺳﻣﺎﺡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻟﻳﺱ ﻣﻭﺟﻭ ًﺩﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ‬
‫‪160B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺗﺟﺭ ‪ ،Play‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺗﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﻁﺎﻟﺑﺗﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪37‬‬

‫ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪10B‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻙ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺣﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺗﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻣﻣﻛ ًﻧﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻷﺛﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺗﻙ‬
‫‪72B‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ‪ Google‬ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ Google‬ﺷﺧﺻﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺣﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻋﻣﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬

‫‪16B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ‪ Google‬ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ ً‬
‫ﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﻳﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫< ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪38‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪Exchange‬‬
‫‪162B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫<‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ exchange‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻣﺳﺅﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﻋﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻣﺳﺅﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪163B‬‬

‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺣﺫﻓﻪ ﻭﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺕ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺫﻑ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻑ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ‪.Google‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺣﺫﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻙ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪73B‬‬

‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻭﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺯﺍﻣﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻛﻝ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ؛ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪ .‬ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ؛ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻟﻠﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪39‬‬

‫ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪164B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻑ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ‪.Google‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ )ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﻣﺳﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﻌﻣﻝ ‪ Gmail‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻑ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻭﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻑ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺩﺍﺙ ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺛﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ Google‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫‪165B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻑ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ‪.Google‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺗﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫ﺳﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫< ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪1B‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ‬
‫‪74B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﺩﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻭﺗﺭﺗﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻘﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ‬
‫‪16B‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺣﺩﺙ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫‪167B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺣﺩﺙ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﺙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﺙ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪168B‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺃﺣﺩﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺗﻙ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ( ﻭﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻑ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺗﻅﻝ ﻣﺷﺗﺭ ًﻛﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﻭﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻳﺱ ﻟﻠﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻭﺳﻳﻅﻝ ﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ ‪ Google‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪169B‬‬

‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺗﻘﻭﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻷﺣﺩﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺭﻓﺿﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻷﺣﺩﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺭﻓﺿﺕ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺭﻧﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﺫﻛﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺩﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺇﻋﻼﻣًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺩﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺫﻛﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺣﺩﺙ ﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﺫﻛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﻅﺭ ﺣﺩﻭﺛﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪41‬‬

‫‪75B‬‬

‫ﻣﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺷﺧﺻﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﺏ )‪ (PA‬ﻭﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺑﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪170B‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪17B‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺳﺧﻪ‬
‫‪172B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬
‫< ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬ﺃﻭ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺳﺧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻧﺳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺳﺧﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫‪173B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﺟﻠ ًﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﺣﺙ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻠ ًﻔﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻟﻔﺗﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪174B‬‬

‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫< ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻌﺭﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪.microSD‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪76B‬‬

‫ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﻟﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﻧﺑﻬﺎﺕ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻅﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪42‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺻﺑﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪175B‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫<‬

‫‪176B‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺑﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺑﻳﻬﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪17B‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻧﺑﻪ‬
‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺑﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻭﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻧﻳﻥ ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪178B‬‬

‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺑﻪ‬
‫< ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳﺑﺔ‬
‫‪7B‬‬

‫ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫‪179B‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪180B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫‪78B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻧﺻﻭﺹ ﺑﺳﻳﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺣﺫﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻡ ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪43‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫‪12B‬‬

‫ﻟﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫‪79B‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺭﺭ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ‪ ۲٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﻲ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ‪ 12‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪80B‬‬

‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪18B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ < ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺳﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪44‬‬

‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪182B‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ ﺧﺎﻣﻼً ﻟﻌﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺧﻣﻭﻝ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺻﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ < ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺷﻐﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪81B‬‬

‫‪183B‬‬

‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﻣﺕ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﺎﻣﺕ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻋﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺑﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪184B‬‬

‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺟﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ(‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﻟﺧﻔﺽ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺭﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‬
‫‪185B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺭﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺭﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻧﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪186B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫< ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺑﻳﻬﺎﺕ < ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺭﻧﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻧﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‬
‫‪82B‬‬

‫‪187B‬‬

‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﻓﺭﻭ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺟﺯءًﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻁﺔ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫<‬

‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫< ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻟﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪18B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ < SIM‬ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻭﺍﻝ < ﺗﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺭﺳﻭﻣًﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﻣﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺭﺳﻭﻡ ﺗﺟﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪189B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ… < ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ < ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬

‫‪83B‬‬

‫ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻟﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﱢﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻷﻧﺩﺭﻭﻳﺩ ﻟﻠﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫‪190B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ < ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ <‬
‫ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪46‬‬

‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫‪84B‬‬

‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ ‪ PIN‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪SIM‬‬
‫‪19B‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ < ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ ‪ ،PIN‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ ‪ PIN‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ ﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪192B‬‬

‫ﻟﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺃﻣ ًﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭ‪ /‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻁﻠﺏ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺳﺗﻳﻘﻅ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ < ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ < ﻧﻘﺵ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺈﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﺭﺃﺳﻳًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻓﻘﻳًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻁﺭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺗﺧﺗﺎﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﻧﻣﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺳﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻟﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ < ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ ‪ PIN‬ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‬
‫‪193B‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ ‪ PIN‬ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ < ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ < ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺭﻭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻭﻑ ﻧﻔﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺭﻣﺯ ‪ PIN‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ < ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪47‬‬

‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺳﻳﺕ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪194B‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺃﻧﺷﺄﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ ،Google‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﻧﺳﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺵ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ .Google‬ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ ،Google‬ﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭً ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺯﺍﻝ ﺗﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ‪ /‬ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻔﺭﻳﻕ ﺩﻋﻡ ‪.Huawei‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪85B‬‬

‫‪195B‬‬

‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻣﺛﺑﺕ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺭﺍء ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺑﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ‪ .‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ‬
‫‪196B‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪microSD‬‬
‫‪197B‬‬

‫ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭ‪) SD‬ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ( ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺟﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻣﻔﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺗﻁﺑﻳ ًﻘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪48‬‬

‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫‪198B‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪.microSD‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪.microSD‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻌﺩ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫‪86B‬‬

‫ﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻲ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ ًﻳﺎ‬
‫‪19B‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ Google‬ﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻳًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻭﺍﺩﻡ ‪ .Google‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﻧﺳﺧﻬﺎ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪.Google‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ‬
‫‪20B‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ Google‬ﻭﺃﻱ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻛﻭﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﻅﺎﻣﻙ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻭﺃﻱ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﻧﻲ ﻣﺣﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎﺕ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻧﺯﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺣﻭ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻧﺯﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺳﺧﻬﺎ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺑﺣﺳﺏ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﻁﺎﻟﺑﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻣﺳﺢ ﻛﻝ ﺷﻲء‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻳﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‬
‫‪87B‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺗﻁﺎﻟﺑﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ < ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻥ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ microSD‬ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪49‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ‪Y600-U20 :‬‬

‫‪6011734_01‬‬



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Cover
Metadata Date                   : 2015:05:21 10:19:35+08:00
Modify Date                     : 2015:05:21 10:19:35+08:00
Create Date                     : 2015:05:21 10:19:14+09:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe Illustrator CS5.1
Thumbnail Width                 : 256
Thumbnail Height                : 184
Thumbnail Format                : JPEG
Thumbnail Image                 : (Binary data 4226 bytes, use -b option to extract)
Instance ID                     : uuid:8665bf7a-09e7-4a6c-ad0f-2af37d9ae898
Document ID                     : xmp.did:C670F7835AFFE411A169F4387BEE4211
Original Document ID            : uuid:5D20892493BFDB11914A8590D31508C8
Rendition Class                 : proof:pdf
Derived From Instance ID        : uuid:306fc0e0-a494-41fe-a71f-1541005f8a0c
Derived From Document ID        : xmp.did:C5B5056EBCF7E411BF6EFD0F8BBEDCD3
Derived From Original Document ID: uuid:5D20892493BFDB11914A8590D31508C8
Derived From Rendition Class    : proof:pdf
History Action                  : saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved
History Instance ID             : xmp.iid:542AAF86C045E311A5859A7AAD2A4E44, xmp.iid:7E5D7ADC847EE3119977FD4DF3DBD996, xmp.iid:7F5D7ADC847EE3119977FD4DF3DBD996, xmp.iid:815D7ADC847EE3119977FD4DF3DBD996, xmp.iid:C23B3E60947EE31183B5973B3989DA98, xmp.iid:C5B5056EBCF7E411BF6EFD0F8BBEDCD3, xmp.iid:C670F7835AFFE411A169F4387BEE4211
History When                    : 2013:11:05 10:18:14+08:00, 2014:01:16 16:04:45+08:00, 2014:01:16 16:29:57+08:00, 2014:01:16 16:41:58+08:00, 2014:01:16 17:55:48+08:00, 2015:05:11 17:02:19+08:00, 2015:05:21 10:19:10+08:00
History Software Agent          : Adobe Illustrator CS5.1, Adobe Illustrator CS5.1, Adobe Illustrator CS5.1, Adobe Illustrator CS5.1, Adobe Illustrator CS5.1, Adobe Illustrator CS5.1, Adobe Illustrator CS5.1
History Changed                 : /, /, /, /, /, /, /
Startup Profile                 : Print
Has Visible Overprint           : True
Has Visible Transparency        : True
N Pages                         : 1
Max Page Size W                 : 419.530273
Max Page Size H                 : 595.280273
Max Page Size Unit              : Points
Font Name                       : ArialMT, FrutigerNextCom-BoldIta, FrutigerNextCom-Regular, TraditionalArabic-Bold, MicrosoftYaHei
Font Family                     : Arial, Frutiger Next Com, Frutiger Next Com, Traditional Arabic, 微软雅黑
Font Face                       : Regular, Bold Italic, Regular, Bold, Regular
Font Type                       : Open Type, Open Type, Open Type, Open Type, Open Type
Font Version                    : Version 5.06, Version 1.01, Version 1.01, Version 5.92, Version 6.02
Font Composite                  : False, False, False, False, False
Font File Name                  : arial.ttf, Frutiger Next Com Bold Italic.ttf, Frutiger Next Com Regular.ttf, tradbdo.ttf, msyh.ttf
Plate Names                     : Magenta, Yellow, Black
Swatch Group Name               : 默认色板组, 灰度, 鲜艳
Swatch Group Type               : 0, 1, 1
Swatch Colorant Swatch Name     : 白色, 黑色, CMYK 红, CMYK 黄, CMYK 绿, CMYK 青, CMYK 蓝, CMYK 洋红, C=15 M=100 Y=90 K=10, C=0 M=90 Y=85 K=0, C=0 M=80 Y=95 K=0, C=0 M=50 Y=100 K=0, C=0 M=35 Y=85 K=0, C=5 M=0 Y=90 K=0, C=20 M=0 Y=100 K=0, C=50 M=0 Y=100 K=0, C=75 M=0 Y=100 K=0, C=85 M=10 Y=100 K=10, C=90 M=30 Y=95 K=30, C=75 M=0 Y=75 K=0, C=80 M=10 Y=45 K=0, C=70 M=15 Y=0 K=0, C=85 M=50 Y=0 K=0, C=100 M=95 Y=5 K=0, C=100 M=100 Y=25 K=25, C=75 M=100 Y=0 K=0, C=50 M=100 Y=0 K=0, C=35 M=100 Y=35 K=10, C=10 M=100 Y=50 K=0, C=0 M=95 Y=20 K=0, C=25 M=25 Y=40 K=0, C=40 M=45 Y=50 K=5, C=50 M=50 Y=60 K=25, C=55 M=60 Y=65 K=40, C=25 M=40 Y=65 K=0, C=30 M=50 Y=75 K=10, C=35 M=60 Y=80 K=25, C=40 M=65 Y=90 K=35, C=40 M=70 Y=100 K=50, C=50 M=70 Y=80 K=70, C=0 M=0 Y=0 K=100, C=0 M=0 Y=0 K=90, C=0 M=0 Y=0 K=80, C=0 M=0 Y=0 K=70, C=0 M=0 Y=0 K=60, C=0 M=0 Y=0 K=50, C=0 M=0 Y=0 K=40, C=0 M=0 Y=0 K=30, C=0 M=0 Y=0 K=20, C=0 M=0 Y=0 K=10, C=0 M=0 Y=0 K=5, C=0 M=100 Y=100 K=0, C=0 M=75 Y=100 K=0, C=0 M=10 Y=95 K=0, C=85 M=10 Y=100 K=0, C=100 M=90 Y=0 K=0, C=60 M=90 Y=0 K=0
Swatch Colorant Mode            : CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK, CMYK
Swatch Colorant Type            : PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS, PROCESS
Swatch Colorant Cyan            : 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 100.000000, 100.000000, 100.000000, 0.000000, 14.999998, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 5.000001, 19.999999, 50.000000, 75.000000, 84.999996, 90.000004, 75.000000, 80.000001, 69.999999, 84.999996, 100.000000, 100.000000, 75.000000, 50.000000, 35.000002, 10.000002, 0.000000, 25.000000, 39.999998, 50.000000, 55.000001, 25.000000, 30.000001, 35.000002, 39.999998, 39.999998, 50.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 84.999996, 100.000000, 60.000002
Swatch Colorant Magenta         : 0.000000, 0.000000, 100.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 100.000000, 100.000000, 100.000000, 90.000004, 80.000001, 50.000000, 35.000002, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 10.000002, 30.000001, 0.000000, 10.000002, 14.999998, 50.000000, 94.999999, 100.000000, 100.000000, 100.000000, 100.000000, 100.000000, 94.999999, 25.000000, 44.999999, 50.000000, 60.000002, 39.999998, 50.000000, 60.000002, 64.999998, 69.999999, 69.999999, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 100.000000, 75.000000, 10.000002, 10.000002, 90.000004, 90.000004
Swatch Colorant Yellow          : 0.000000, 0.000000, 100.000000, 100.000000, 100.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 90.000004, 84.999996, 94.999999, 100.000000, 84.999996, 90.000004, 100.000000, 100.000000, 100.000000, 100.000000, 94.999999, 75.000000, 44.999999, 0.000000, 0.000000, 5.000001, 25.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 35.000002, 50.000000, 19.999999, 39.999998, 50.000000, 60.000002, 64.999998, 64.999998, 75.000000, 80.000001, 90.000004, 100.000000, 80.000001, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 100.000000, 100.000000, 94.999999, 100.000000, 0.000000, 0.003099
Swatch Colorant Black           : 0.000000, 100.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 10.000002, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 10.000002, 30.000001, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 25.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 10.000002, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 5.000001, 25.000000, 39.999998, 0.000000, 10.000002, 25.000000, 35.000002, 50.000000, 69.999999, 100.000000, 89.999402, 79.998797, 69.999701, 59.999102, 50.000000, 39.999402, 29.998803, 19.999701, 9.999102, 4.998803, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.000000, 0.003099
Producer                        : Adobe PDF library 9.90
Page Count                      : 54
Creator                         : Adobe Illustrator CS5.1

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools